Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the+case+is+on+trial

Толкование Перевод

41 sak

дело

-en, -er, -ene

* * *

case, cause, item

* * *
subst. [ oppgave] concern, business (f.eks.
that is the manager's concern (el. business
), it is not my (, your etc.) concern (el. business) subst. [ anliggende] affair, matter (f.eks.
the matter I am speaking of, religious matters
) subst. [emne, tema] matter, issue, subject subst. [i firma, offentlig, oppgave] business (f.eks. who is in charge of that business? subst. [retssak, tvist] case (f.eks.
the Dreyfus case
), (prosess også) (law)suit, action subst. (jus) [ søksmål] lawsuit, suit, action subst. (jus) [ kriminalsak] trial subst. [noe man tror på, arbeider for] cause subst. [fakta, sannheten] fact subst. [noe som det kjempes for, noe i samfunnet] cause (f.eks.
he fought for the cause of freedom
) subst. [akter, dokumenter] file (f.eks.
get me the file relating to X.
) subst. [ gjenstand] thing (appellere en sak) appeal a case (arbeide for en sak) work for a cause (avgjøre en sak) decide a matter (det er ingen sak) it is an easy matter, that's no problem (det er en annen sak) that is another (el. a different) matter, that is different (en alvorlig sak) a serious business (el. matter) (en lett sak) an easy matter (føre en sak) conduct a case (gjøre felles sak) join hands with somebody stand in with somebody (med uforrettet sak) having failed in his (, their etc.) mission (offentlig sak) public prosecution (tale éns sak) plead somebody's cause, plead for somebody (tape sin sak) lose the case ta saken opp raise the issue (avgjøre en sak) decide a matter, make a decision regarding (det er ingen sak) that's no problem (en god sak) a good cause (føre en sak) carry on a lawsuit, conduct a case (gå rett på sak) come straight to the point (reise en sak) (ikke juridisk) bring up a matter (sikker i sin sak) certain that she is right (vinne en sak) win a case

Norsk-engelsk ordbok > sak
42 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
43 juger

juger [ʒyʒe]

➭ TABLE 3 transitive verb

   a. to judge ; [+ accusé] to try

• le tribunal jugera the court will decide

• être jugé pour meurtre to be tried for murder

• le jury a jugé qu'il n'était pas coupable the jury found him not guilty

• l'affaire doit se juger à l'automne the case is to come before the court in the autumn

• à vous de juger it's up to you to judge

• juger qn d'après les résultats to judge sb on his results

• il ne faut pas juger d'après les apparences you mustn't judge by appearances

• juger qch à sa juste valeur to recognize the true value of sth

   b. ( = estimer) juger qch/qn ridicule to consider sth/sb ridiculous

• juger que to consider that

• si vous le jugez bon if you think it's a good idea

• il se juge capable de le faire he thinks he is capable of doing it

• je n'ai pas jugé utile de le prévenir I didn't think it was worth telling him

   c. (locutions)

► juger de to judge

► à en juger par qch judging by sth

• à en juger par ce résultat if this result is anything to go by

* * *
ʒyʒe
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( former une opinion sur) to judge

ce n'est pas à moi de juger — how should I know?

2) ( considérer) to consider

ne le juge pas mal — don't think badly of him

je t'avais mal jugé — I misjudged you

3) Droit ( examiner) to try [affaire, personne]; ( décider) to judge [affaire]; to arbitrate in [différend, litige]

l'affaire sera jugée demain — the case will be heard ou tried tomorrow

l'affaire est jugée — the case is closed

le tribunal jugera — the court will decide

4) ( pour un concours) to judge [candidats, films]

2.

juger de verbe transitif indirect

1) ( évaluer)

juger de — to assess [niveau, valeur, capacité]

j'en jugerai par moi-même — I'll judge for myself

à en juger par tes réponses — judging by ou from your answers

2) ( imaginer)

jugez de ma colère — imagine my anger

3.

se juger verbe pronominal

1) ( se considérer) to consider oneself

2) Droit [affaire] to be heard

* * *
ʒyʒe
1. vt

1) DROIT, [affaire, accusé] to try

2) (exprimer un jugement sur) [comportement, personne] to judge

juger par soi-même — to judge for oneself

il faut juger sur pièces — you must judge for yourself

3) (= considérer)

juger qn satisfaisant — to consider sb satisfactory

juger qch satisfaisant — to consider sth satisfactory

juger que — to think that, to consider that

juger bon de faire — to see fit to do

2. vi

juger de — to judge

jugez de ma surprise — imagine my surprise

à en juger par... — judging by...

3. nm

au juger — by guesswork

* * *

juger verb table: manger

A au juger loc adv ⇒ jugé.

B vtr

1 ( former une opinion sur) to judge; juger qn sur les apparences or la mine to judge sb by his/her appearance; juger sur les apparences to judge by appearances; jugez-le d'après ses actes judge him by what he does; je jugerai par moi-même I'll judge for myself; à toi de juger s'il faut accepter ou pas it's up to you to judge whether to accept or not; ce n'est pas à moi de juger I don't think it's any of my business; l'histoire jugera history will judge;

2 ( considérer) to consider; juger qn intelligent to consider sb intelligent; juger qch dangereux/difficile to consider sth dangerous/difficult; juger que qch est dangereux to consider sth dangerous ou that sth is dangerous; juger dangereux que qn fasse to consider it dangerous for sb to do; juger bon/nécessaire de faire to consider it a good idea/necessary to do; un film jugé médiocre a film considered (to be) mediocre; ne le juge pas mal don't think badly of him; je t'avais mal jugé I misjudged you;

3 Jur ( examiner) to try [affaire, personne]; ( décider) to judge [affaire]; to arbitrate in [différend, litige]; l'affaire sera jugée demain the case will be heard ou tried tomorrow; l'affaire est jugée Jur the case is closed; le tribunal jugera the court will decide; juger en droit/fait to make a judgment based on the statutes/facts;

4 ( pour un concours) to judge [candidats, films].

C juger de vtr ind

1 ( évaluer) juger de to assess [niveau, valeur, capacité]; j'en jugerai par moi-même I'll judge for myself; pour autant qu'on puisse en juger as far as one can judge; à en juger par tes réponses judging by ou from your answers;

2 ( imaginer) jugez de ma colère imagine my anger.

D se juger vpr

1 ( se considérer) to consider oneself;

2 Jur [affaire] to be heard.

[ʒyʒe] verbe transitif

1. DROIT [accusé] to try

[affaire] to judge, to try, to sit in judgment on

être jugé pour vol to be tried ou to stand trial for theft

elle a été jugée coupable/non coupable she was found guilty/not guilty

(en usage absolu)

l'histoire/la postérité jugera history/posterity will judge

2. [trancher] to judge, to decide

à toi de juger (si/quand...) it's up to you to decide ou to judge (whether/when...)

juger un différend to arbitrate in a dispute

3. [se faire une opinion de] to judge

juger quelque chose/quelqu'un à sa juste valeur to form a correct opinion of something/somebody

(en usage absolu)

moi, je ne juge pas I'm not in a position to judge, I'm not making any judgment

juger par soi-même to judge for oneself

il ne faut pas juger sur ou d'après les apparences don't judge from ou go by appearances

4. [considérer]

juger quelqu'un capable/incompétent to consider somebody capable/incompetent

son état est jugé très préoccupant his condition is believed to be serious

jugé bon pour le service declared fit to join ou fit for the army

mesures jugées insuffisantes measures deemed inadequate

juger quelqu'un bien/mal to have a good/poor opinion of somebody

vous me jugez mal [à tort] you're misjudging me

juger bon de faire quelque chose to think fit to do something

agissez comme vous jugerez bon do as you think fit ou appropriate

————————

juger de verbe plus préposition

to judge

à en juger par son large sourire if her broad smile is anything to go by

si j'en juge par ce que j'ai lu judging from ou by what I've read, if what I've read is anything to go by

jugez-en vous-même judge ou see for yourself

jugez de mon indignation imagine my indignation, imagine how indignant I felt

————————

se juger verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

elle se juge sévèrement she has a harsh opinion of herself

————————

se juger verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. DROIT

l'affaire se jugera mardi the case will be heard on Tuesday

2. [se mesurer] to be judged

3. [se considérer]

les commerçants se jugent lésés shopkeepers consider ou think themselves hard done by

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > juger
44 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
45 адвокат

сущ.

counsel; lawyer; англ тж (барристер; адвокат высшего ранга, выступающий в суде) barrister; (поверенный; солиситор) solicitor; редк advocate; амер attorney (at law); counsel(l)or (at law); ( младший из двух адвокатов одной стороны) pleader

быть лишённым звания адвоката — to be disbarred; ( заслуженно) to deserve one's disbarment

быть представленным адвокатом — to be represented by a counsel (by a lawyer)

вызывать адвоката — to summon a counsel (a lawyer)

выступать в качестве главного адвоката стороны — to lead in the case (in the lawsuit)

выступать в качестве своего адвоката — to act as attorney pro se (as one's own attorney / counsel / lawyer); conduct one's own defence; serve one's own counsel; (отказываться от юридической помощи / от защиты тж) to waive a counsel (legal aid / assistance / defence)

довериться (доверять) адвокату — to confide in (trust) one's attorney (counsel, lawyer)

защищать себя (защищаться) через адвоката — to defend oneself by a counsel (by a lawyer)

консультироваться у адвоката — to consult a counsel (a lawyer); take a counsel's (lawyer's) opinion

лишать звания адвоката — to disbar; strike off the roll

назначать адвоката — ( для ведения дела) to appoint (assign) a counsel (a lawyer) ( to a case)

нанимать адвоката — to hire (retain) a counsel (a lawyer) /smb as a counsel (as a lawyer)/ the services of a counsel (of a lawyer); ( повторно) to rehire a counsel (a lawyer)

отказываться от дальнейших услуг адвоката (от дальнейшего представительства адвокатом) — to terminate the lawyer's further representation (services)

просить предоставить адвоката — to ask for a counsel (for a lawyer)

стать адвокатом — to be admitted (called) to the Bar; become a lawyer; go to (join) the Bar

должность адвоката — lawyer's position

заключительная речь адвоката — ( обращённая к жюри присяжных) counsel's final summation ( addressed to the jury)

коллегия адвокатов — the Bar; амер the Bar Association

контора адвоката — law firm (office); legal advice (aid) agency (office); англ тж chambers

назначение адвоката — appointment (assignment) of a counsel (of a lawyer)

недобросовестные (незаконные) действия адвоката — attorney's (lawyer's) malpractice

(не)эффективная помощь адвоката — (in)effective assistance of an attorney (of a counsel, lawyer)

отказ от адвоката — ( от защитника) waiver of a counsel (of a lawyer); ( от защиты тж) waiver of defence

по совету адвоката — on (with) the advice of one's attorney (counsel, lawyer)

право адвоката не разглашать полученные от клиента сведения — attorney-client privilege

право на адвоката (на представительство адвокатом / пользоваться услугами адвоката) — right to a counsel (to legal aid / assistance)

судьи и адвокаты — the bench and the bar

ходатайство о предоставлении адвоката — request for a counsel (for a lawyer)

адвокат, выступающий в апелляционном суде — appellate lawyer

адвокат, выступающий в суде первой инстанции — court-room (trial) counsel (lawyer)

адвокат детей, нарушивших закон, адвокат детей, преступивших закон — counsel (lawyer) for children in trouble with the law

адвокат, навязывающий свои услуги лицам, пострадавшим в результате аварии или несчастного случая — амер ambulance chaser

адвокат, отстаивающий интересы государства — attorney (lawyer) for the government

адвокат по делам о гражданских правонарушениях — tort lawyer

адвокат с большим стажем судебной практики — lawyer with a good trial record

адвокат с правом выступления в любом суде — attorney at large; barrister

- адвокат бедняков неимущих граждан
- адвокат бедняков
- адвокат, ведущий дела корпораций
- адвокат защиты
- адвокат истца
- адвокат короны
- адвокат, назначенный судом
- адвокат обвинения
- адвокат ответчика
- адвокат по гражданским делам
- адвокат по делам несовершеннолетних
- адвокат по делам о наследстве
- адвокат по делам о недвижимости
- адвокат по делам о разводе
- адвокат по назначению суда
- адвокат по налоговым делам
- адвокат по соглашению
- адвокат по трудовым делам
- адвокат по уголовным делам
- адвокат противной стороны
- адвокат семьи
- адвокат страховой компании
- главный адвокат
- главный адвокат стороны
- компетентный адвокат
- королевский адвокат
- опытный адвокат
- практикующий адвокат
- преуспевающий адвокат
- тюремный адвокат
- частный адвокат

Русско-английский юридический словарь > адвокат
46 суд

м.

1) ( орган судебной власти) court, court of law / justice

Верхо́вный Суд — Supreme Court

вое́нно-полево́й суд — drumhead court-martial

на суде́ — in court

опра́вдан по суду́ — acquitted in court

вызыва́ть в суд (вн.) — summons (d), cite (d), subpoena [-'piːnə] (d)

подава́ть в суд — take the matter to court

подава́ть в суд на кого́-л — bring an action against smb

се́ссия суда́ — court session

заседа́ние суда́ — sitting of the court

зал суда́ — courtroom

отдава́ть под суд, предава́ть суду́ (вн.) — prosecute (d)

трете́йский суд — court of arbitration

2) ( правосудие) justice

иска́ть суда́ — seek justice

3) ( разбор дела) trial

в день суда́ — on the day of the trial

быть под судо́м — be on [stand ] trial

4) собир. ( судьи) the judges pl, the bench

5) ( суждение) judg(e)ment

суд пото́мства — the verdict of posterity

••

суд че́сти — court of honour

без суда́ и сле́дствия — with no investigation or trial

на нет и суда́ нет посл. — ≈ if that's the case, there's nothing to be done; if it's not there, it's not; ≈ you can't do the impossible; what can't be cured must be endured

пока́ суд да де́ло — ≈ before the verdict is in

суды́ да пересу́ды — gossip and rumours

Стра́шный суд — Doomsday [-z-], Day of Judg(e)ment, the Last Judg(e)ment

Новый большой русско-английский словарь > суд
47 KOSTR

(-ar, pl. -ir, acc. -i or -u), m.

1) choice, alternative (hann sá engan sinn kost annan);

mun ek engan kost á gøra, I will give no choice in the matter;

2) choice, terms (hvern kost vili þér nú gøra Ingjaldi);

hugsat hefi ek kostinn, I have thought over the terms;

3) choice, chance, opportunity;

kostr er e-s, there is a chance (þat er hverjum manni boðit at leita sér lífs, meðan kostr er);

eiga e-s kost, to have a choice of (eiga slíkra manna kost);

eiga alls kosti við e-n, to have one altogether in one’s power;

4) match (Sigríðr hét dóttir hans ok þótti bezir kostr á Hálogalandi);

hann spyrr, hverr eigi að ráða fyrir kosti hennar, who was to give her away;

5) state, condition;

sjá fyrir sínum kosti, to take care of oneself;

síðan lét Símon varðveita kost hennar, look after her affairs;

6) cost, expense = kostnaðr( þat skip höfðu bœjarmenn látit gøra af sínum kosti);

7) means, victuals, provisions (bauð hann Oddi alla kosti með sér);

8) food (þat var siðr at fœra konum þeim kost, er á sæng hvíldu);

9) board (þá bauð Ketill fé fyrir kost hennar);

10) stores, goods (tvau skip hlaðin vænum kosti);

11) good quality, good things;

segja kost ok löst á e-u, to tell both the good and the bad of a thing;

fær þú fátt af mér fríðra kosta, thou shalt get little good from me;

12) virtue, opp. to löstr;

13) adverb. usages:

þat er til kostar, ef, it is well done, if;

at þeim kosti, on that condition;

at öðrum kosti, else, otherwise;

at síðasta, efsta kosti, in the last instance, last emergency;

alls kostar, quite, in every respect;

eigi eins kostar, not very, not peculiarly;

annars kostar, as for the rest;

nökkurs kostar, in any wise;

þess kostar, in this case, thus.

* * *

m., gen. kostar, pl. kostir, old acc. pl. kostu, which is used in old poets as Sighvat (Ó. H. 39), Arnór (Edda 50); but the usual form in the MSS. as well as in mod. usage is kosti; [Ulf. kustus = δοκιμή, 2 Cor. ii. 9, xiii. 3; Germ. and Dan. kost = fare, food]:—a choice, the fundamental notion being trial;

I. condition, chance, but mostly with the notion of a hard choice; eru nú tveir kostir til, sá annarr, at …, hinn annarr, at …, Nj. 199; sá er hinn þriði kostr, Grág. ii. 83; munu þér hinn sama kost fyrir höndum eiga sem vær áttum, at verja fé yðvart ok frelsi … en at öðrum kosti, Eg. 8; hann sá engan sinn kost annan, en hann lét fallask þvers undan laginu, Nj. 246, Eg. 24; sám vér þann helzt várn kost at firrask fund hans, 70; nú má Flosi sjá sinn kost, hvárt hann vill sættask til þess at sumir sé utan sætta, Nj. 250; það er hverjum manni boðit, at leita sér lífs meðan kostr er, 202; einbeygðr kostr, the only choice left, Orkn. 58.

2. choice, terms; hvern kost vili þér nú göra Ingjaldi? Nj. 3; ek göri þér skjótan kost, Dropl. 6; göra e-m tvá kosti, Ld. 212, Fs. 57; tók Kali þenna kost, Orkn. 214.

3. a chance, opportunity, possibility; göra kost á e-u, Nj. 155, 271; mun ek öngan kost á göra, I will give no choice in the matter, i. e. will not do it, 149; kost muntú láta at etja, 90:—kostr er á, or gen. kostr e-s, a thing is possible, there is a chance, 254, 263; ef þess er k., Grág. ii. 56; Háreks var ekki við k., there was no question as to H., Ísl. ii. 315; þá er mín er eigi við kostr, when I am gone, Stj. 363:—eiga e-s kosti, to have a chance of, be able, allowed, Grág. i. 63, 468, Ld. 84, 160, 184, Nj. 57, 132, Eg. 16, 60, 531, Sks. 20 B.

4. a match, of an unmarried woman; Sigríðr hét dóttir hans ok þótti beztr kostr á Hálogalandi, Eg. 25; hann átti dóttur eina er Unnr hét, hón var væn kona ok kurteis ok vel at sér, ok þótti sá beztr k. á Rangárvöllum, Nj. (begin.); Hallr kvað góðan kost í henni, H. said she was a good match, 180, Fs. 88, Stj. 187; engi kostr þótti þá þvílíkr sem Helga hin Fagra í öllum Borgarfirði, Ísl. ii. 206: giving a woman away, hann spyrr hverr ráða eigi fyrir kosti hennar, who was to give her away, Band. 9 new Ed.; mey til kosta, a maid to be married, Hm. 81, (MS. kossa), cp. liggja heima sem mær til kosta, Fas. iii. 409, (ráða-kostr, a match); kvennkostr (q. v.), góðr kvennkostr.

5. choice, state, condition; þat mun mína kosti hér fram draga, at þú átt ekki vald á mér, Orkn. 120; kostum drepr kvenna karla ofríki, i. e. the tyranny of man crushes a woman’s right, Am. 69; drap þá brátt kosti, then the state grew worse, id.; sjá fyrir sínum kosti, to take care of oneself, Fms. x. 236; eigi mun honum þykkja batnað hafa várr kostr, Eg. 287; eigi treystusk menn at raska kosti þeirra, people dared not meddle with them, disturb them, Ld. 146; bændr vildu verja kost sinn, defend themselves, Fms. ix. 306; síðan lét Simon varðveita kost hennar, guard her affairs, vii. 233; þá heldr hann kosti sínum, then he holds his place, loses not his right, Grág. ii. 209; ú-kostir, afar-kostir, a hard, evil choice; ör-kostr, lack of choice, poverty.

II. cost, expence; allan þann kost er hann hefir fyrir haft, Jb. 321; sá er vitna þarf skal standa þeim kost allan, 358; hver maðr er sik ok sín hjú heldr á sínum kosti, K. Á. 78; þat skip höfðu bæjar-menn látið göra af sínum kosti, Fms. ix. 270; hann hélt sik ríkmannlega at klæðum ok öllum kosti ( fare), ii. 278; hann lét alla sína félaga á sinn kost þann vetr, Gullþ. 9; hví hann var svá djarfr at taka slíka menn upp á kost hans, Landn. 149, v. l.; hann gaf sér mikinn kost til ( he took great pains), at koma þeim öllum í vingun við Guð, Hom. 108; þóat hann hefði mörgu sinni mikinn kost ( pains) til gefit, Al. 116; hann lézk þar vildu sína kosti til leggja ( do his best), at þeir Hákon deildi enga úhæfu, Fms. i. 22.

III. means; er (þeir) synja ölmusu, er kosti höfðu til, Hom. 64; hafa meira kost, to be the strongest, Fb. ii. 361; eiga alls kosti við e-n, to have it all in one’s power, i. e. to be the strongest; Jökull gaf honum líf ok átti áðr alls kosti við hann, Fs. 10; eiga alla kosti, Fms. iv. 296, Stj. 481; Bessus er slíks átti kosti við hann er hann vildi gört hafa, Al. 101; eiga nokkurs góðs kosti, 96; hafa lítils kosti, to have small chance, be little worth, Mar.: means, provisions, meðan mér endask föng til, þótt ek véla um mína kosti, though I am left to my own supplies, Eg. 66; bauð hann Oddi alla kosti með sér, Fas. ii. 540; ef vér hittumk síðar svá at þeir hafi meiri kosli ( forces), Fms. v. 87; bændr efldu þá kost hans um búit, Sturl. iii. 196 C: stores, tvau skip hlaðin vænum kosti, Fms. xi. 436; hér sé ek beggja kost, I see here plenty of either, Sighvat; mungát né aðra kosti ( fare), setjask í kosti e-s, Fms. viii. 58; bændr uggðu at sezt mundi á kost þeirra, ok kurruðu ílla, Bs. i. 549: victuals, provisions, Germ. kost, selja silfr fyrir kost, Fas. i. 450; hveiti ok annarr kostr, Stj. 112; Kirkja á þetta í kosti, tvær vættir skreiðar, vætt smjörs, vætt kjöts, Pm. 34; tvau hundruð í haustlagi, tíu aura í kosti, Vm. 42: board, bóndi skal halda honum kost, Jb. 374; þá bauð Ketill fé fyrir kost hennar, Dropl. 4; til kostar ok klæða, fare and clothing, B. K. 108; at konungs kosti, at the king’s table, Bs. i. 782; far-k. (q. v.), a ship, vehicle; liðs-k., forces, troops.

IV. cost, quality; af léttum kosti, Fms. x. 173; þat sax var afburðar-járn kosti, of fine steel, id.

2. good things; friði fylgja allir kostir ok öll fríðindi, Clem. 29; kyn ok kostr ( quality), MS. 4. 9; fátt fríðra kosta, Hdl. 45: þeir kostir skulu ok fylgja, at þik skal aldri kala í skyrtunni, Fas. ii. 529, 531; þá ferr hann ór skyrtu sinni, ok hélt hón öllum kostum sínum, 539: fatness, Lat. ubertas glebae, jarðarinnar kost ok feitleik, Stj. 167; þar vóru allgóðir lands-kostir, Hkr. i. 55; er mér sagt gott frá landa-kostum, at þar gangi fé sjálfala á vetrum en fiskr í hverju vatni, Fs. 20, 25, Landn. 225, v. l.; af kostum skal þessu landi nafn gefa ok kalla Markland, Fb. i. 539.

3. virtue; þeir stígask yfir af hermönnum Krists fyrir helga kosti, Hom. 27; Kristni þróask at mannfjölda ok kostum, MS. 677. 8; eigi er þat rúnanna kostr, … heldr er þat þinn kostr, Skálda 162, freq. in mod. usage.

4. a good quality, virtue; segja kost ok löst, to tell fairly the good and bad of a thing; skalt þú segja kost ok löst á konunni, Nj. 23; hann sagði kost ok löst af landinu, Landn. 30; löstu ok kostu bera ljóða synir blandna brjóstum í, Hm. 134; ú-kostr, a fault, flaw; mann-kostir, virtues.

5. spec. of a horse, plur. a fine pace; hestr óð kafs af kostum, Sighvat.

V. spec. and adverb. usages; til kostar, well! all right! well done! er þat til kostar, ef eigi flýjum vér fyrir mönnunum, Fms. xi. 139; þat er til kostar, ef …, well done, if …, Hým. 33; er þat ok til kostar ( it is a comfort) at Höskuldi muni þá tveir hlutir ílla líka, Ld. 70: because, allra mest af þeim kosti, at …, Hom. 33: sagði Ósvífr at þeir mundi á kostum ( indeed) finna, at þau Guðrún vóru eigi jafnmenni, Ld. 122; þeim kosti, in that case, Grág. i. 40; engum kosti, by no means, MS. 4. 21; at þeim kosti, on that condition, Grág. ii. 239; at öðrum kosti, else, otherwise, Eg. 8, 749; at þriðja kosti, thirdly, 14, Grág. i. 395; at síðasta, efsta kosti, in the last instance, last emergency, Nj. 221; at fæsta kosti, at least, N. G. L. i. 61; at versta kosti, in the worst case, 101; at minnsta kosti, at least: gen., alls kostar, quite, in every respect, Sks. 674 B, passim; eigi eins kostar, not very, not peculiarly, Ísl. ii. 322; annars kostar, as for the rest, 108 B; nokkurs kostar, in any wise, Fms. xi. 79, Fb. i. 74; sums kostar, in some respect, Fas. ii. 547, v. 69, Hom. 89; þess kostar, in this case, thus, Fms. xi. 79, Rb. 36, Hom. (St.): acc., þá kostu, as adv., in such a manner, N. G. L. i. 327; fyrir hvern kost, by every means. ☞ Kostr, in sense I, is in old writers often omitted, and left to be supplied by the adjective or pronoun, e. g. þann (viz. kost) munu vér af taka, Ld. 188; at hann mundi verða þann upp at taka, Eg. 157, Nj. 222; er þá ok sá einn (viz. kostr) til, 227, Fms. vii. 265; er oss nú engi annarr til, Nj. 143, Eg. 405; er yðr engi annarr á görr en snúa aptr, Nj. 207; Hákon jarl er alltrauðr undir trúna at ganga, ok þykkir vera harðr (viz. kostr) á annat borð, Fms. xi. 39.

COMPDS: kostarhald, kostarlauss, kostaboð, kostamikill, kostamunr, kostavandr, kostavanr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KOSTR
48 Verhandlung

Verhandlung f 1. GEN negotiation, negotiations, bargaining; 2. RECHT proceedings, hearing
* * *

f 1. < Geschäft> negotiation, negotiations, bargaining; 2. < Recht> proceedings, hearing

* * *
Verhandlung
(Beratschlagung) counsel, deliberation, (Besprechung) conference, (Debatte) debate, discussion, (vor Gericht) judicial hearing, proceeding, (Parteivortrag) pleading, (Unterhandlungen) transaction, treaty, passage;
• während der Verhandlungen (Gericht) pending the action;
• zu Verhandlungen bereit open to negotiations;
• bevorstehende Verhandlungen forthcoming negotiations;
• bisherige Verhandlungen negotiations hitherto;
• erneute Verhandlung rehearing, new trial;
• festgefahrene Verhandlungen deadlocked negotiations;
• finanzielle Verhandlungen financial talks;
• hinter den Kulissen geführte Verhandlungen backstage negotiations;
• gemeinsame Verhandlungen collective bargaining;
• langwierige Verhandlungen lengthy negotiations;
• lohnpolitische Verhandlungen wage negotiations;
• mehrwöchentliche Verhandlungen several weeks of negotiations;
• mündliche Verhandlung (Anwalt) oral pleading;
• nochmalige Verhandlung (Gericht) rehearing;
• öffentliche Verhandlung hearing in court, public hearing;
• parallele Verhandlungen simultaneous negotiations;
• schwebende Verhandlungen negotiations in progress;
• immer wieder unterbrochene Verhandlungen stop-and-start negotiations;
• vertagte Verhandlung deferred hearing, postponed case;
• immer wieder verzögerte Verhandlungen seesaw negotiations;
• intensiv vorbereitete Verhandlungen cut-and-dried negotiations;
• Verhandlungen über eine Anleihe negotiations for a loan;
• Verhandlung über einen Antrag hearing of an application;
• Verhandlungen auf höchster Ebene top-level negotiations;
• Verhandlung vor dem Einzelrichter sitting in closed sessions (camera, chambers, Br.) special term;
• Verhandlungen mit den Gewerkschaften union negotiations;
• Verhandlung über einen Konkursantrag hearing of a petition in bankruptcy;
• Verhandlungen über einen neuen Luftfrachttarif airline bargaining;
• Verhandlungen zwischen den Tarifpartnern voluntary negotiations;
• Verhandlungen abbrechen to cut (break) off negotiations;
• Verhandlungen abschließen to terminate negotiations;
• Termin zur mündlichen Verhandlung anberaumen to assign a day for (fix) a hearing in court;
• zur Verhandlung anstehen to be on the cause list (down for hearing);
• Verhandlungen aufnehmen to take up negotiations, to open talks;
• Verhandlungen wieder aufnehmen to resume negotiations;
• Verhandlung aufrufen to call a case (Br.);
• Verhandlung aussetzen to stay proceedings;
• sich für Verhandlungen aussprechen to speak for negotiations;
• durch Verhandlungen beilegen to settle by negotiations;
• Verhandlungen zu einem befriedigenden Abschluss bringen to bring negotiations to a satisfactory conclusion;
• Verhandlungen in Gang bringen to set negotiations in motion;
• sich durch Verhandlung zur Hauptsache einlassen to put in an appearance;
• j. in die Verhandlungen einschalten to call s. o. in on the negotiations;
• in Verhandlungen eintreten to engage in (initiate) negotiations;
• Verhandlung eröffnen to open the case;
• Verhandlungen eröffnen to start negotiations;
• Verhandlungen führen (leiten) to conduct (carry on) negotiations;
• Verhandlungen führen und abschließen to transact negotiations;
• Verhandlung unter Ausschluss der Öffentlichkeit führen to sit in camera, to hear a case in chambers (Br.);
• bei einer Verhandlung den Vorsitz führen to preside at a hearing;
• Verhandlungen über einzeln ausgewählte Waren führen to carry out negotiations on a selective product-by-product basis;
• Verhandlung leiten (Gericht) to proceed with a case;
• mit jem. Verhandlungen pflegen to be in treaty with s. o.;
• zu bundesweiten Verhandlungen bereit sein to be open to negotiate at national level;
• mit jem. in Verhandlungen stehen to be negotiating with s. o.;
• schon geraume Zeit in Verhandlungen stehen to be negotiating for some time;
• Verhandlungen unterbrechen to break off (stay) negotiations;
• Verhandlungen unterstützen to aid negotiations;
• Verhandlung vertagen to adjourn (postpone) a hearing.

Business german-english dictionary > Verhandlung
49 proces

litigation, process

* * *

(en -ser) process ( fx a chemical process, a technical process);

( civil retssag) lawsuit, action, case,

( kriminel retssag) trial, case;

( procesordning) (rules of) procedure;

[ føre proces] carry on a lawsuit;

[ ligge i proces med] be involved in a lawsuit with;

[ gøre kort proces] settle the question (el. it) out of hand;

[ gøre kort proces med én] make short work of somebody;

[ processen mod X]

( civil) the action against X,

( kriminel) the trial of X.

Danish-English dictionary > proces
50 принимать на себя ведение дел

1. take over a business

по делу — on business

когда дело касается — far

то и дело — again and again

как дела? — how are things?

как дела — how are you doing

2. assume charge of business

открыть дело — start a business

приходские дела — ward business

приходское дело — ward business

трастовое дело — trust business

небольшое дело — little business

3. hold a brief for

это было очень выгодное дело — it was a very paying business

министр по делам Шотландии — secretary of state for scotland

изложить дело перед судом — to lay the case before the court

дело, подлежащее рассмотрению присяжными — case for the jury

ходатайствовать о пересмотре дела — to move for a new trial

4. assume charge of a business

вы имеете дело с — you are on

день слушания дела — trial day

основать дело — start a business

создать дело — build up business

частное дело — private business

Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > принимать на себя ведение дел
51 amplissime

amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
I.
Lit.:
amplus et spectu protervo ferox,
Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:
qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,
Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:
ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,
Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:
admodum amplum et excelsum signum,
Cic. Verr. 4, 74:
collis castris parum amplus,
Sall. J. 98, 3:
porticibus in amplis,
Verg. A. 3, 353:
per amplum mittimur Elysium,
id. ib. 6, 743:
vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,
id. ib. 1, 725:
nil vulva pulchrius ampla,
Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:
amplae aures,
Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:
milium amplum grano,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:
cubiculum amplum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:
baptisterium amplum atque opacum,
id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:
quanto est res amplior,
Lucr. 2, 1133:
Amplior Urgo et Capraria,
Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:
avis paulo amplior passere,
id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:
amplior specie mortali,
Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:
amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:
urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,
id. Agr. 2, 76:
amplissimum peristylum,
id. Dom. 116:
(candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,
id. Verr. 4, 65:
mons Italiae amplissimus,
Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:
amplissimum flumen,
Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:
amplissimus lacus,
id. ib. 10, 41, 2:
amplissima insula,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:
amplissimi horti,
Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:
amplissima arborum,
Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:
est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,
id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:
amplissimum cubiculum,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
B.
Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:
pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,
Lucr. 5, 944:
ampla civitas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:
civitas ampla atque florens,
Caes. B. G. 4, 3:
gens ampla,
Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:
amplae copiae,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19:
ampla manus militum,
Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:
pecuaria res ampla,
Cic. Quinct. 12:
res familiaris ampla,
id. Phil. 13, 8:
(res) ampla,
Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:
patrimonium amplum et copiosum,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:
amplae divitiae,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:
esse patri ejus amplas facultates,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:
in amplis opibus heres,
Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:
amplior numerus,
Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:
ampliores aquae,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:
amplior exercitus,
Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:
commeatus spe amplior,
Sall. J. 75, 8:
amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,
Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:
pretia ampliora,
Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:
omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:
ampliores noctes,
Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:
ut ampliori tempore maneret,
Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:
peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,
Cic. Font. 8:
exercitus amplissimus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:
amplissima pecunia,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:
amplissimae fortunae,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:
amplissimae patrimonii copiae,
id. Fl. 89:
amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,
Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:
opes amplissimae,
id. ib. 8, 18, 4:
amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,
the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:
ut quirem exaudire amplius,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:
si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:
jam amplius orat,
id. ib. 2, 1, 19:
daturus non sum amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:
non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:
tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:
ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:
etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,
Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:
hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1:
si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:
omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,
Vell. 2, 110, 3:
Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,
Cic. Verr. 4, 76:
illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,
Nep. Thras. 4, 3:
amplius possidere,
Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:
Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,
Curt. 8, 4, 21:
dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,
Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:
cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,
id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:
gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,
Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:
te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,
Cat. 39, 21:
amplius frumenti auferre,
Cic. Verr. 3, 49:
expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,
id. Fl. 6, 8:
amplius negotii contrahi,
id. Cat. 4, 9:
si amplius obsidum vellet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:
quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,
id. B. C. 3, 25.—
II.
Fig.
A.
Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:
pro viribus amplis,
Lucr. 5, 1174:
amplae vires peditum,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;
ampla nepotum Spes,
Prop. 4, 22, 41:
poena sera, sed ampla,
full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:
haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:
si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,
id. ib. 3, 1, 50:
amplior metus,
Cic. Clu. 128:
amplior potentia feris,
Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:
ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,
Quint. 2, 3, 4:
amplior eoque acrior impetus,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
spes amplior,
Sall. J. 105, 4:
amplius accipietis judicium,
severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:
amplior auctoritas,
Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:
amplior virtus,
higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:
idem aut amplior cultus (dei),
Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:
amplior est quaestio,
Quint. 3, 5, 8:
ampliora verba,
of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:
quo legatis animus amplior esset,
Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:
spiritus amplior,
Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:
(honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 41:
cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,
very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:
amplissima spes,
Suet. Caes. 7:
his finis cognitionis amplissimae,
most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
B.
Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:
illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,
great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:
haec ampla sunt, haec divina,
Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:
res gestae satis amplae,
Sall. C. 8, 2:
cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,
Cic. Mil. 57:
ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,
Tac. A. 14, 53:
amplum in modum praemia ostentare,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:
amplis honoribus usi,
Sall. J. 25, 4:
amplis honoribus auctos,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:
amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,
a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:
spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,
glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:
ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:
praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,
id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:
alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,
id. Sest. 27:
in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,
id. Marcell. 4:
corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),
Quint. 12, 10, 5:
ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,
Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:
in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,
of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:
ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,
Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:
hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,
id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:
alicui amplissimas potestates dare,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31:
insignibus amplissimis ornatus,
id. ib. 2, 101:
dona amplissima conferre,
Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:
praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:
spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,
id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:
velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,
Quint. 10, 7, 1:
munera amplissima mittere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:
laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,
id. Pis. 74:
laudibus amplissimis adficere,
id. Phil. 7, 11:
amplissimam gloriam consequi,
id. Prov. Cons. 39:
ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,
id. Deiot. 14:
amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:
amplissimis uti honoribus,
Cic. Fl. 45:
amplissimos honores adipisci,
id. Verr. 5, 181:
honores adsequi amplissimos,
id. Mil. 81:
aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,
id. Am. 20, 73:
meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,
id. Imp. Pomp 2:
mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,
in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:
ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,
id. Phil. 1, 3:
provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,
id. ib. 4, 9:
amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,
Suet. Caes. 16:
amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,
Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:
de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,
id. Dom. 74:
quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),
Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
C.
In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:
quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:
quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,
great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:
omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,
id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:
convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,
id. Phil. 3, 20:
hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,
small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:
amplis doctoribus instructus,
Tac. A. 14, 52:
sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,
Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:
cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:
ampliores ordines,
Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:
nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
quid amplius facitis?
Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:
ex amplissimo genere nubere,
Cic. Cael. 34:
amplissimo genere natus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12:
amplissimos patruos habere,
id. Sex. Rosc. 147:
amplissima civitas,
id. Verr. 5, 122:
apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,
id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:
mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 1:
non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,
id. Sest. 5:
licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
amplissimis operibus increscere,
id. ib. 8, 4, 3:
honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,
Cic. Sen. 2:
amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,
id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:
promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,
Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:
praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,
Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:
spes amplissimae dignitatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
D.
Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:
is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:
homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,
id. Mur. 8:
P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,
id. Caecin. 69:
ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,
id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:
Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,
id. Imp. Pomp. 63:
vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,
id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:
exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,
id. Deiot. 5, 14:
cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),
id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:
in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,
id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:
comitatus virorum amplissimorum,
id. Sull. 9:
viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,
id. Verr. 3, 18:
ordinis amplissimi esse,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:
cives amplissimos legare,
Cic. Balb. 42:
hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,
id. Verr. 3, 96:
amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,
id. Rep. 1, 6; so,
amplissimo praeditus magistratu,
Suet. Aug. 26:
amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,
Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:
amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,
id. Vesp. 9:
amplissimum collegium decemvirale,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:
an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 3:
amplissimum sacerdotium,
id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:
sacerdotium amplissimum,
id. Verr. 2, 127.—
E.
As rhet. epithet:
amplus orator,
one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:
herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,
grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:
amplius compositionis genus,
more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
I.
Lit.
a.
Form amplĭter:
benigne ei largi atque ampliter,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:
aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,
Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:
extructam ampliter mensam,
Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:
opsonato ampliter,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:
adpositum est ampliter,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:
acceptus hilare atque ampliter,
id. Merc. prol. 98:
modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:
parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,
not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
b.
Form amplē:
exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,
Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
II.
Trop., fully, handsomely.
a.
Form amplĭter:
ampliter dicere,
fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:
laudare ampliter,
id. 2, 6, 11.—
b.
Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,
elate ampleque loqui,
id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:
satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,
full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
a.
In gen.:
deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,
Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:
otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:
cui amplius male faxim,
id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:
etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,
id. Men. 5, 2, 40:
multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,
id. ib. 5, 2, 49:
quo populum servare potissit amplius,
Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:
At ego amplius dico,
Cic. Verr. 2, 26:
amplius posse,
Sall. J. 69, 2:
armis amplius valere,
id. ib. 111, 1:
si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 953:
tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?
besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:
Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,
Sall. J. 44, 5:
felices ter et amplius,
Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:
binas aut amplius domos continuare,
Sall. C. 20, 11:
ter nec amplius,
Suet. Caes. 25:
cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),
Quint. 12, 11, 24:
multa promi amplius possunt,
Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:
si studere amplius possum,
Quint. 6, prooem. 4:
auram communem amplius haurire potui?
id. 6, prooem. 12:
sagum, quod amplius est,
Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
b.
And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
(α).
With quid, etc.:
Quid faciam amplius?
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:
quid dicam amplius?
Quint. 8, 4, 7:
quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?
Cic. Verr. 3, 60:
quid quaeris amplius?
id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:
quid vultis amplius?
id. Mil. 35:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
quid exspectatis amplius?
Cic. Verr. 2, 174:
quid amplius exspectabo,
Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:
quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?
Cic. Caecin. 25:
quid amplius laboremus?
Quint. 8, prooem. 31:
quid habet amplius homo?
Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:
quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:
quid amplius debeam optare?
Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:
quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?
more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:
Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:
si quid amplius scit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:
si quid ego addidero amplius,
id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:
si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,
Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:
hoc amplius si quid poteris,
any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:
de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,
id. 1, 1, 8:
Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,
Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:
his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,
Quint. 9, 3, 15;
so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,
Suet. Calig. 15:
quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,
Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:
quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?
Cat. 76, 10.—
(β).
With nihil, etc.:
habet nihil amplius quam lutum,
Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:
nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,
Quint. 7, 1, 64:
nihil enim dixit amplius,
Cic. Deiot. 21:
Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,
I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:
nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,
id. Planc. 96:
nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,
id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:
vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:
si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,
Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):
Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,
id. Marcell. 6, 17:
amplius nihil respondit,
Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:
nihil amplius addens,
ib. Deut. 5, 22:
nihil noverunt amplius,
ib. Eccl. 9, 5:
nihil amplius optet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:
nihil amplius potes,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,
this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:
ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,
Suet. Aug. 2:
si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,
Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:
non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,
Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:
verbum non amplius addam,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:
non amplius me objurgabis,
Quint. 5, 10, 47:
non amplius posse,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:
non habent amplius quid faciant,
Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:
amplius illa jam non inveniet,
ib. Apoc. 18, 14:
studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,
Tac. Or. 5:
extra me non est alia amplius,
Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:
neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:
neque va dari amplius neque etc.,
Cic. Quinct. 23:
nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,
Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:
nec irascar amplius,
Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:
ne amplius dona petas,
Cat. 68, 14:
urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,
Lucr. 4, 874;
ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,
Suet. Gram. 17:
ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,
Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;
3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,
Vulg. Act. 4, 17:
ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,
ib. Deut. 17, 16:
nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,
ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
(γ).
With nemo:
cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:
cum amplius nemo occurreret,
nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,
neminem amplius viderunt,
Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:
nemo emet amplius,
no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
c.
With numerals and numeral forms.
(α).
Without quam:
amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,
Cat. 69, 3:
horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,
Cic. Verr. 4, 95:
amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,
Sall. C. 59, 6:
me non amplius novem annos nato,
Nep. Hann. 2, 3:
per annos amplius quadraginta,
Suet. Aug. 72; 32:
quid si tandem amplius triennium est?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:
Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,
Verg. A. 1, 683:
inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,
Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:
reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,
id. ib. 1, 28;
2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,
Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:
huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?
id. ib. 5, 7, 3:
cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:
victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,
Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:
ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,
Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:
qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,
Cic. Fl. 63:
pugnatum duas amplius horas,
Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:
duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,
id. 28, 2:
decem amplius versus perdidimus,
Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:
tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,
Verg. E. 3, 105.—
(β).
With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):
cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:
pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,
Liv. 27, 12:
neque triennio amplius supervixit,
Suet. Caes. 89:
uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;
6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:
est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:
ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,
Sall. J. 91, 3:
(Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,
id. C. 56, 2; so,
denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,
id. J. 80, 7.—
And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,
Sall. J. 105, 3:
oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,
id. ib. 68, 3.—
(γ).
With quam (postAug. and eccl.):
non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,
Suet. Aug. 78:
nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,
id. ib. 17:
Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,
id. Tib. 51:
demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,
Vulg. Act. 25, 6:
ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,
Plin. Ep. 5, 19:
ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,
Tac. A. 3, 21:
haud amplius quam ducentos misit,
id. ib. 14, 32:
insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,
Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
d. (α).
Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:
Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,
Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.
also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,
Cic. Brut. 22, 86:
antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:
ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—
And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
(β).
Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:
quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:
Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,
id. Brut. 5, 18:
sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,
id. Fam. 13, 28 A:
quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,
id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
(γ).
Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:
Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,
Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:
cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;
so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,
id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
(δ).
To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:
nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,
Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;
(res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,
id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:
excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?
Ov. M. 9, 148.
► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;
as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
I.
Lit., very largely, most abundantly:
ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,
in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:
duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,
Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
II.
Fig., most generously, most handsomely:
qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,
Cic. Dom. 44:
amplissime laudare,
in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:
honores amplissime gessit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 112:
pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,
with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:
placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,
should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplissime
52 amplus

amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
I.
Lit.:
amplus et spectu protervo ferox,
Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:
qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,
Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:
ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,
Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:
admodum amplum et excelsum signum,
Cic. Verr. 4, 74:
collis castris parum amplus,
Sall. J. 98, 3:
porticibus in amplis,
Verg. A. 3, 353:
per amplum mittimur Elysium,
id. ib. 6, 743:
vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,
id. ib. 1, 725:
nil vulva pulchrius ampla,
Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:
amplae aures,
Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:
milium amplum grano,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:
cubiculum amplum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:
baptisterium amplum atque opacum,
id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:
quanto est res amplior,
Lucr. 2, 1133:
Amplior Urgo et Capraria,
Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:
avis paulo amplior passere,
id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:
amplior specie mortali,
Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:
amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:
urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,
id. Agr. 2, 76:
amplissimum peristylum,
id. Dom. 116:
(candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,
id. Verr. 4, 65:
mons Italiae amplissimus,
Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:
amplissimum flumen,
Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:
amplissimus lacus,
id. ib. 10, 41, 2:
amplissima insula,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:
amplissimi horti,
Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:
amplissima arborum,
Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:
est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,
id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:
amplissimum cubiculum,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
B.
Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:
pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,
Lucr. 5, 944:
ampla civitas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:
civitas ampla atque florens,
Caes. B. G. 4, 3:
gens ampla,
Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:
amplae copiae,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19:
ampla manus militum,
Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:
pecuaria res ampla,
Cic. Quinct. 12:
res familiaris ampla,
id. Phil. 13, 8:
(res) ampla,
Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:
patrimonium amplum et copiosum,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:
amplae divitiae,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:
esse patri ejus amplas facultates,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:
in amplis opibus heres,
Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:
amplior numerus,
Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:
ampliores aquae,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:
amplior exercitus,
Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:
commeatus spe amplior,
Sall. J. 75, 8:
amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,
Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:
pretia ampliora,
Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:
omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:
ampliores noctes,
Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:
ut ampliori tempore maneret,
Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:
peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,
Cic. Font. 8:
exercitus amplissimus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:
amplissima pecunia,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:
amplissimae fortunae,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:
amplissimae patrimonii copiae,
id. Fl. 89:
amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,
Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:
opes amplissimae,
id. ib. 8, 18, 4:
amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,
the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:
ut quirem exaudire amplius,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:
si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:
jam amplius orat,
id. ib. 2, 1, 19:
daturus non sum amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:
non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:
tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:
ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:
etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,
Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:
hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1:
si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:
omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,
Vell. 2, 110, 3:
Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,
Cic. Verr. 4, 76:
illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,
Nep. Thras. 4, 3:
amplius possidere,
Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:
Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,
Curt. 8, 4, 21:
dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,
Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:
cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,
id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:
gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,
Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:
te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,
Cat. 39, 21:
amplius frumenti auferre,
Cic. Verr. 3, 49:
expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,
id. Fl. 6, 8:
amplius negotii contrahi,
id. Cat. 4, 9:
si amplius obsidum vellet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:
quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,
id. B. C. 3, 25.—
II.
Fig.
A.
Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:
pro viribus amplis,
Lucr. 5, 1174:
amplae vires peditum,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;
ampla nepotum Spes,
Prop. 4, 22, 41:
poena sera, sed ampla,
full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:
haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:
si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,
id. ib. 3, 1, 50:
amplior metus,
Cic. Clu. 128:
amplior potentia feris,
Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:
ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,
Quint. 2, 3, 4:
amplior eoque acrior impetus,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
spes amplior,
Sall. J. 105, 4:
amplius accipietis judicium,
severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:
amplior auctoritas,
Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:
amplior virtus,
higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:
idem aut amplior cultus (dei),
Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:
amplior est quaestio,
Quint. 3, 5, 8:
ampliora verba,
of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:
quo legatis animus amplior esset,
Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:
spiritus amplior,
Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:
(honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 41:
cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,
very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:
amplissima spes,
Suet. Caes. 7:
his finis cognitionis amplissimae,
most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
B.
Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:
illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,
great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:
haec ampla sunt, haec divina,
Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:
res gestae satis amplae,
Sall. C. 8, 2:
cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,
Cic. Mil. 57:
ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,
Tac. A. 14, 53:
amplum in modum praemia ostentare,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:
amplis honoribus usi,
Sall. J. 25, 4:
amplis honoribus auctos,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:
amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,
a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:
spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,
glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:
ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:
praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,
id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:
alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,
id. Sest. 27:
in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,
id. Marcell. 4:
corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),
Quint. 12, 10, 5:
ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,
Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:
in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,
of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:
ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,
Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:
hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,
id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:
alicui amplissimas potestates dare,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31:
insignibus amplissimis ornatus,
id. ib. 2, 101:
dona amplissima conferre,
Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:
praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:
spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,
id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:
velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,
Quint. 10, 7, 1:
munera amplissima mittere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:
laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,
id. Pis. 74:
laudibus amplissimis adficere,
id. Phil. 7, 11:
amplissimam gloriam consequi,
id. Prov. Cons. 39:
ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,
id. Deiot. 14:
amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:
amplissimis uti honoribus,
Cic. Fl. 45:
amplissimos honores adipisci,
id. Verr. 5, 181:
honores adsequi amplissimos,
id. Mil. 81:
aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,
id. Am. 20, 73:
meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,
id. Imp. Pomp 2:
mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,
in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:
ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,
id. Phil. 1, 3:
provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,
id. ib. 4, 9:
amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,
Suet. Caes. 16:
amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,
Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:
de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,
id. Dom. 74:
quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),
Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
C.
In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:
quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:
quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,
great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:
omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,
id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:
convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,
id. Phil. 3, 20:
hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,
small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:
amplis doctoribus instructus,
Tac. A. 14, 52:
sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,
Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:
cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:
ampliores ordines,
Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:
nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
quid amplius facitis?
Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:
ex amplissimo genere nubere,
Cic. Cael. 34:
amplissimo genere natus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12:
amplissimos patruos habere,
id. Sex. Rosc. 147:
amplissima civitas,
id. Verr. 5, 122:
apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,
id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:
mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 1:
non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,
id. Sest. 5:
licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
amplissimis operibus increscere,
id. ib. 8, 4, 3:
honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,
Cic. Sen. 2:
amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,
id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:
promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,
Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:
praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,
Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:
spes amplissimae dignitatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
D.
Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:
is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:
homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,
id. Mur. 8:
P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,
id. Caecin. 69:
ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,
id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:
Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,
id. Imp. Pomp. 63:
vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,
id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:
exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,
id. Deiot. 5, 14:
cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),
id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:
in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,
id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:
comitatus virorum amplissimorum,
id. Sull. 9:
viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,
id. Verr. 3, 18:
ordinis amplissimi esse,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:
cives amplissimos legare,
Cic. Balb. 42:
hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,
id. Verr. 3, 96:
amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,
id. Rep. 1, 6; so,
amplissimo praeditus magistratu,
Suet. Aug. 26:
amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,
Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:
amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,
id. Vesp. 9:
amplissimum collegium decemvirale,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:
an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 3:
amplissimum sacerdotium,
id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:
sacerdotium amplissimum,
id. Verr. 2, 127.—
E.
As rhet. epithet:
amplus orator,
one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:
herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,
grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:
amplius compositionis genus,
more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
I.
Lit.
a.
Form amplĭter:
benigne ei largi atque ampliter,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:
aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,
Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:
extructam ampliter mensam,
Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:
opsonato ampliter,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:
adpositum est ampliter,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:
acceptus hilare atque ampliter,
id. Merc. prol. 98:
modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:
parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,
not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
b.
Form amplē:
exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,
Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
II.
Trop., fully, handsomely.
a.
Form amplĭter:
ampliter dicere,
fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:
laudare ampliter,
id. 2, 6, 11.—
b.
Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,
elate ampleque loqui,
id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:
satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,
full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
a.
In gen.:
deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,
Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:
otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:
cui amplius male faxim,
id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:
etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,
id. Men. 5, 2, 40:
multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,
id. ib. 5, 2, 49:
quo populum servare potissit amplius,
Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:
At ego amplius dico,
Cic. Verr. 2, 26:
amplius posse,
Sall. J. 69, 2:
armis amplius valere,
id. ib. 111, 1:
si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 953:
tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?
besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:
Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,
Sall. J. 44, 5:
felices ter et amplius,
Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:
binas aut amplius domos continuare,
Sall. C. 20, 11:
ter nec amplius,
Suet. Caes. 25:
cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),
Quint. 12, 11, 24:
multa promi amplius possunt,
Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:
si studere amplius possum,
Quint. 6, prooem. 4:
auram communem amplius haurire potui?
id. 6, prooem. 12:
sagum, quod amplius est,
Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
b.
And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
(α).
With quid, etc.:
Quid faciam amplius?
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:
quid dicam amplius?
Quint. 8, 4, 7:
quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?
Cic. Verr. 3, 60:
quid quaeris amplius?
id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:
quid vultis amplius?
id. Mil. 35:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
quid exspectatis amplius?
Cic. Verr. 2, 174:
quid amplius exspectabo,
Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:
quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?
Cic. Caecin. 25:
quid amplius laboremus?
Quint. 8, prooem. 31:
quid habet amplius homo?
Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:
quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:
quid amplius debeam optare?
Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:
quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?
more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:
Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:
si quid amplius scit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:
si quid ego addidero amplius,
id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:
si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,
Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:
hoc amplius si quid poteris,
any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:
de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,
id. 1, 1, 8:
Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,
Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:
his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,
Quint. 9, 3, 15;
so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,
Suet. Calig. 15:
quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,
Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:
quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?
Cat. 76, 10.—
(β).
With nihil, etc.:
habet nihil amplius quam lutum,
Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:
nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,
Quint. 7, 1, 64:
nihil enim dixit amplius,
Cic. Deiot. 21:
Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,
I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:
nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,
id. Planc. 96:
nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,
id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:
vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:
si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,
Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):
Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,
id. Marcell. 6, 17:
amplius nihil respondit,
Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:
nihil amplius addens,
ib. Deut. 5, 22:
nihil noverunt amplius,
ib. Eccl. 9, 5:
nihil amplius optet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:
nihil amplius potes,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:
amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,
this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:
ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,
Suet. Aug. 2:
si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,
Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:
non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,
Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:
verbum non amplius addam,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:
non amplius me objurgabis,
Quint. 5, 10, 47:
non amplius posse,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:
non habent amplius quid faciant,
Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:
amplius illa jam non inveniet,
ib. Apoc. 18, 14:
studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,
Tac. Or. 5:
extra me non est alia amplius,
Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:
neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:
neque va dari amplius neque etc.,
Cic. Quinct. 23:
nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,
Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:
nec irascar amplius,
Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:
ne amplius dona petas,
Cat. 68, 14:
urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,
Lucr. 4, 874;
ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,
Suet. Gram. 17:
ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,
Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;
3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,
Vulg. Act. 4, 17:
ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,
ib. Deut. 17, 16:
nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,
ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
(γ).
With nemo:
cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:
cum amplius nemo occurreret,
nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,
neminem amplius viderunt,
Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:
nemo emet amplius,
no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
c.
With numerals and numeral forms.
(α).
Without quam:
amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,
Cat. 69, 3:
horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,
Cic. Verr. 4, 95:
amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,
Sall. C. 59, 6:
me non amplius novem annos nato,
Nep. Hann. 2, 3:
per annos amplius quadraginta,
Suet. Aug. 72; 32:
quid si tandem amplius triennium est?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:
Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,
Verg. A. 1, 683:
inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,
Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:
reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,
id. ib. 1, 28;
2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,
Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:
huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?
id. ib. 5, 7, 3:
cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:
victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,
Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:
ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,
Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:
qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,
Cic. Fl. 63:
pugnatum duas amplius horas,
Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:
duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,
id. 28, 2:
decem amplius versus perdidimus,
Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:
tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,
Verg. E. 3, 105.—
(β).
With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):
cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:
pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,
Liv. 27, 12:
neque triennio amplius supervixit,
Suet. Caes. 89:
uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;
6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:
est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:
ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,
Sall. J. 91, 3:
(Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,
id. C. 56, 2; so,
denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,
id. J. 80, 7.—
And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,
Sall. J. 105, 3:
oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,
id. ib. 68, 3.—
(γ).
With quam (postAug. and eccl.):
non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,
Suet. Aug. 78:
nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,
id. ib. 17:
Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,
id. Tib. 51:
demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,
Vulg. Act. 25, 6:
ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,
Plin. Ep. 5, 19:
ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,
Tac. A. 3, 21:
haud amplius quam ducentos misit,
id. ib. 14, 32:
insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,
Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
d. (α).
Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:
Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,
Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.
also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,
Cic. Brut. 22, 86:
antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:
ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—
And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
(β).
Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:
quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:
Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,
id. Brut. 5, 18:
sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,
id. Fam. 13, 28 A:
quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,
id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
(γ).
Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:
Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,
Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:
cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;
so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,
id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
(δ).
To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:
nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,
Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;
(res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,
id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:
excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?
Ov. M. 9, 148.
► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;
as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
I.
Lit., very largely, most abundantly:
ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,
in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:
duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,
Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
II.
Fig., most generously, most handsomely:
qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,
Cic. Dom. 44:
amplissime laudare,
in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:
honores amplissime gessit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 112:
pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,
with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:
placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,
should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplus
53 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
54 подсудимый

1) General subject: accused, culprit, defendant, indictee, panel, prisoner, prisoner at the bar, prisoner on bail

2) Obsolete: mute

3) Law: criminal defendant, defence, defendant in a criminal prosecution, man in the dock, person on trial for a crime, prisoner in the dock, prisoner on trial, the defendant, person on trial

4) Criminal law: the accused

5) leg.N.P. defendant (in a criminal case, prisoner at bar; as a noun), indictee (as a noun), prisoner (as a noun)

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > подсудимый
55 sobreseer

v.

1 to discontinue, to stay (law).

2 to cease the proceedings of, to stay, to suspend.

El juez sobreseyó el caso The judge ceased the proceedings of the case.

El juicio sobreseyó The trial ceased.

3 to cease the proceedings against, to dismiss.

El juez sobreseyó a Ricardo The judge ceased the proceedings against Richard.

* * *

sobreseer

Conjugation model [ LEER], like link=leer leer

► verbo transitivo

1 to dismiss

* * *

VT

1)

sobreseer una causa — (Jur) to dismiss a case

2)

sobreseer de algo — to desist from sth, give up sth

* * *

verbo transitivo to dismiss

* * *

= overrule.

Ex. President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.

* * *

verbo transitivo to dismiss

* * *

= overrule.

Ex: President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.

* * *

sobreseer [ E13 ]

vt

A ‹causa/caso› to dismiss

B ‹persona› to acquit

C ‹expediente› to close

* * *

sobreseer vi Jur (un caso) to stay a case
' sobreseer' also found in these entries:
English:
dismiss

* * *

sobreseer vt
Der to discontinue, to dismiss
* * *

sobreseer

v/t JUR dismiss

Spanish-English dictionary > sobreseer
56 ходатайство

сущ.

( заявление) application;

( просьба) plea;

solicitation;

( запрос) request;

( прошение) petition;

( в суде тж) motion;

prayer
- ходатайство о помиловании
- ходатайство сторон
- возобновлённое ходатайство
- заявлять ходатайство
- письменное ходатайство
- подтверждать своё ходатайство
- рассматривать ходатайство
- удовлетворять ходатайство
- устное ходатайство
ходатайство о пересмотре дела — motion for a new trial

ходатайство о пересмотре судебного решения — appeal

ходатайство о признании чего-л недействительным — plea of nullity

ходатайство о рассмотрении дела судом присяжных — petition for examining the case by a jury trial

ходатайство об истребовании дела вышестоящим судом — ( из производства нижестоящего суда) motion (petition) for certiorari

ходатайство об освобождении до суда — motion for a pre-trial release

ходатайство об освобождении из заключения — motion (prayer) for a discharge

ходатайство об освобождении из-под стражи — motion for a release from custody (from detention)

ходатайство об отклонении иска — ( или обвинения --) motion for a dismissal

ходатайство, заявленное в суде — motion in court

ходатайство, заявленное до вынесения вердикта (приговора) — pre-verdict (pre-sentence) motion

ходатайство, заявленное до вынесения судебного решения — pre-judgement motion

ходатайство, заявленное до начала судебного разбирательства — pre-trial motion

ходатайство, заявленное после вынесения вердикта (приговора) — post-verdict (post-sentence) motion

ходатайство, заявленное после предъявления обвинения — motion after arraignment

ходатайство, заявленное после судебного разбирательства — post-trial motion

отказать в \ходатайствое (отклонить ходатайство) — to defeat (deny, reject) a motion

Юридический русско-английский словарь > ходатайство
57 dava

"1.suit, lawsuit, action. 2. law trial. 3. claim, assertion, allegation, point at issue. 4. proposition, thesis. 5. question, matter. 6. cause, purpose or movement which is given militant support. 7. math. theorem. 8. math. problem. 9. slang sweetheart, love. (aleyhine) - açmak/ın/ to bring a suit against; to file charges against; to sue. - arzuhali law (written) complaint (filed by the plaintiff). -ya bakmak to hear a case. -ların birleştirilmesi law joinder (of causes of action). -nın düşmesi abatement of an action. -ya ehliyet/dava ehliyeti the capacity to sue or be sued. - etmek /ı/ to bring a suit against; to file charges against; to sue. -yı geri almak to withdraw an action. -sını görmek /ın/ to hear the case (of). - hakkı the right of action, the right to sue. -yı halletmek 1. to settle a court case. 2. to solve a problem. -sına hizmet etmek /ın/ to serve the cause of. -nın ihbarı law third-party notice, notice given to a third party. -ya müdahale law intervention (of a third party). -nın reddi dismissal of action, nonsuit. -ların tefrikı severance of actions. -dan vazgeçmek 1. to withdraw an action. 2. to give up a claim. 3. to renounce a cause."

Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > dava
58 apud

ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).
I.
A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:
adsum apud te, genitor,
id. ib. p. 522, 32:
alteram (partem) apud me adponito,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:
nunc hic apud te servio,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:
scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,
Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:
mane apud me,
Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:
Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,
ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:
cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—
B.
Esp.
1.
a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:
Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:
hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,
id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:
si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:
condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:
Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?
Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:
cenabis bene apud me,
Cat. 13, 1:
apud me habitavit,
Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:
apud te cenavit,
id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:
in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:
tenet intus apud se,
Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:
Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,
Cic. Att. 5, 6:
apud se fecit manere,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:
de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,
Cic. Cat. 3, 10:
Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,
id. Phil. 1, 8:
mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:
apud quem deversatus es,
Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):
habitasti apud Heium Messanae,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:
Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,
id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:
apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,
Tac. A. 14, 48:
apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,
id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:
Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,
Vulg. Act. 9, 43:
invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,
Cic. Dom. 83:
qui apud te esset eductus,
id. Quinct. 69:
apud quem erat educatus,
id. Lael. 20, 75:
cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,
id. Clu. 27:
disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,
Tac. A. 15, 52:
se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,
id. Or. 30:
apud eosdem magistratus institutus,
Suet. Calig. 24:
servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,
Tac. H. 1, 7:
in convivio apud regem,
id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;
apud Orcum te videbo,
in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:
sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,
Tac. A. 11, 27:
frater apud Othonem militans,
in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,
nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),
id. ib. 2, 27:
quorum sint legati apud se,
in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:
Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,
id. ib. 1, 47:
dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,
at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:
Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,
at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:
duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,
Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:
a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,
Cic. Sest. 41:
domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,
id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:
quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,
Cic. Verr. 1, 50:
esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,
id. ib. 4, 16:
nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,
id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,
b.
Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):
Sumne ego apud me?
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:
Non sum apud me,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:
Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:
Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,
id. And. 5, 4, 34:
Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?
id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):
proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,
id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—
2.
In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.
a.
Of civil or military affairs, before:
cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,
Cic. Arch. 3:
apud eosdem judices reus est factus,
id. Clu. 22, 59:
vis de his judicari apud me?
Vulg. Act. 25, 9:
accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,
ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:
hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,
Cic. Dom. 51; 117:
istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,
id. Lig. 12:
qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,
id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:
(populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,
id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:
tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?
Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:
omnia apud praetores gererentur,
Tac. Or. 38:
causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,
Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:
apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,
Cic. Lig. 6:
apud judicem causam dicere,
id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:
apud aliquem dicere,
id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:
verba apud senatum fecit,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:
habita apud senatum oratione,
Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:
haec apud patres disseruit,
id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;
4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18:
Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?
id. Lig. 25:
isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,
id. Caecin. 38:
petita multa est apud eum praetorem,
id. Verr. 1, 155:
causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:
numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,
Cic. Verr. 3, 120:
apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,
Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—
b.
In extra judicial cases, before:
apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:
nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,
id. ib. 3, 4, 93:
apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,
id. Am. 2, 1, 43:
apud novercam querere,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:
ego apud parentem loquor,
Cic. Lig. 30:
plura fateri apud amicos,
Tac. A. 14, 62:
aliquid apud aliquem laudare,
Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:
aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,
Cic. Phil. 2, 11:
apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,
id. Vatin. 29.—
c.
Of one's feelings, views, judgment, with, in the view or sight of, before.
(α).
With verbs:
apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,
Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:
quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,
id. ib. 2, 126;
1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,
id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:
apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,
id. Q. Rosc. 6:
Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,
Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:
haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,
Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:
unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,
Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—
(β).
With adjj.:
fuisti apud pontifices superior,
Cic. Dom. 4:
qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,
id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:
quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,
id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:
Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,
Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:
hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,
Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:
quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,
id. ib. 1, 29:
quae justa sunt apud nos,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:
tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,
ib. Num. 32, 22:
si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—
(γ).
With substt.:
est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 46:
tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,
id. ib. 5, 150:
qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,
id. ib. 2, 111:
Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,
Curt. 6, 72:
abominatio est uterque apud Deum,
Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,
Liv. 6, 39, 11:
Sic apud animum meum statuo,
Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:
sic statuere apud animum meum possum,
Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—
d.
And simply before, in the presence of:
id apud vos proloquar,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:
nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:
se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,
Cic. Fl. 61:
licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,
id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:
plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,
Cic. Caecin. 77:
non apud indoctos loquor,
id. Pis. 68:
ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:
quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,
Ov. M. 12, 163:
neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,
Tac. A. 4, 7:
loqui de se apud aliquem,
Cic. Att. 1, 3:
mentiri apud aliquem,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:
apud aliquem profiteri,
Curt. 7, 7, 24:
Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,
Cic. Mur. 61:
Caesar apud milites contionatur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 7:
gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,
Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:
si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:
Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,
Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—
3.
Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:
quom apud te parum stet fides,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:
Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,
Verg. A. 4, 539:
At fides mihi apud hunc est,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:
ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,
id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:
alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:
illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:
(eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 14:
si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,
Cic. Sest. 12:
Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,
id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:
ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,
id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:
(servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,
id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:
videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,
id. Verr. 5, 181:
quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,
id. ib. 1, 42:
domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,
id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:
Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,
id. ib. 1, 20:
certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,
Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:
utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,
Nep. Con. 2, 1:
video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,
Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:
quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:
qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 113:
speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,
id. Sex. Rosc. 141:
(eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,
Cic. Verr. 1, 19:
quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,
id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:
qui apud eum plurimum poterat,
id. ib. 3, 130:
qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:
faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 63:
nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,
id. Att. 2, 19:
apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,
Cels. 3, 23.—
4.
Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:
CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,
Cic. Fl. 52:
Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:
qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,
Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:
qui regnabat apud vos,
ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:
si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:
Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:
qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,
Cic. Fl. 44:
apud quos consul fuerat,
id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:
apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,
id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:
fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,
Verg. A. 6, 568;
Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,
Cic. Font. 42:
qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,
Liv. 41, 9:
qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 109:
id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,
id. ib. 4, 80:
si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,
id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:
ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 131:
si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,
id. ib. 5, 166:
Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:
quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50:
aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,
Tac. G. 31:
Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),
Verg. A. 2, 71:
apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,
Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:
qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,
in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:
apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,
id. Mur. 45:
quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,
in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:
simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,
Tac. H. 5, 10:
quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,
with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—
5.
In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:
Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,
id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:
quo in libro,
id. ib. 1, 11, 47):
ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,
Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:
apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,
id. Sen. 22, 79:
quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,
id. Off. 1, 9, 28:
apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,
id. Div. 1, 24, 50:
ut est apud poetam nescio quem,
id. Phil. 2, 65:
Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 8, 26:
de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,
id. ib. 1, 25, 87:
Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,
Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:
ut video scriptum apud Graecos,
Cic. Scaur. 4:
invenio apud quosdam auctores,
Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:
reperio apud scriptores,
id. ib. 2, 88:
apud Solonem,
i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:
cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,
Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:
apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,
Tac. Agr. 22.—
6.
a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:
quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:
juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,
id. Brut. 41, 152:
cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,
Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:
omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 8:
par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,
Liv. 22, 30, 8:
apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),
Tac. A. 12, 35:
pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),
id. H. 4, 76:
minorem esse apud victos animum,
id. ib. 3, 1;
2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,
Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:
apud te est fons vitae,
Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:
apud Dominum (est) misericordia,
ib. ib. 129, 7.—
b.
Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:
erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:
negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 29:
multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,
id. ib. 4, 36:
apud quem inventus est scyphus,
Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:
te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,
in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:
qui (obsides) apud eum sint,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—
c.
Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:
remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,
Cic. Verr. 4, 2:
si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,
Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:
qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:
neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,
Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:
fidens apud aliquem obligare,
Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:
Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:
non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 110:
apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,
id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;
apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,
Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.
II.
Transf. In designations of place,
A.
At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):
verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:
Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?
id. Am. 1, 1, 194:
Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?
id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:
navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:
apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,
Cic. Arch. 21:
ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,
Nep. Them. 3, 4:
apud oppidum morati,
Caes. B. G. 2, 7:
agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,
Cic. Agr. 1, 5:
bellatum apud Actium,
Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:
Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,
Ov. R. Am. 163:
morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,
Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:
quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,
Verg. A. 11, 288:
apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,
Tac. A. 4, 25:
Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,
id. H. 3, 35:
apud vexillum tendentes,
id. A. 1, 17:
trepidatur apud naves,
id. H. 2, 15:
hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,
Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:
quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,
Verg. A. 5, 261:
apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
Verg. A. 12, 331:
octo apud Rhenum legiones,
Tac. A. 1, 3:
apud ripam Rheni,
id. ib. 2, 83:
probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,
Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:
repertus apud fretum Siciliae,
Tac. A. 6, 14:
propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,
id. ib. 15, 44:
apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,
id. ib. 6, 50:
Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,
Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:
apud altaria deum pepigere,
before, Tac. A. 11, 9:
decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,
id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:
unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,
Liv. 41, 9):
apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,
Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:
quartum apud lapidem substiterat,
id. ib. 15, 60:
laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),
Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;
on the other hand,
id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:
Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,
Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):
quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,
Tac. A. 2, 49.—
B.
At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,
ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,
Tac. A. 4, 64:
apud villam est,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:
deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:
ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,
id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;
13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,
Liv. 28, 29:
donum apud Antium statuitur,
Tac. A. 3, 71:
bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,
id. ib. 6, 11:
Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,
Suet. Tit. 5:
quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,
id. Aug. 93:
apud Mediolanum,
Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:
eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,
Tac. A. 15, 74:
Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,
id. ib. 15, 32:
quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,
id. ib. 3, 72:
qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,
Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:
cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,
Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:
ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,
Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:
apud Pharsaliam,
Liv. Epit. 111:
apud Palaestinam,
Eutr. 7, 13:
qui erant apud Helladam,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —
III.
Of time.
A.
With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):
apud saeclum prius,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:
aliquem apud judicium persequi,
at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—
B.
With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:
hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:
fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,
id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:
Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,
id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:
Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),
Tac. A. 2, 33.—
IV.
For ad with words implying motion (very rare):
APVT EVM PERVENIRE,
Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:
atque apud hunc eo vicinum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:
Bito apud aurificem,
Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:
(naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,
Tac. A. 2, 24:
qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,
Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.
► Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.
(cf. ad, I. fin. b.)
a.
It is sometimes placed after its subst.:
quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,
Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:
Is locus est Cumas aput,
Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:
montem apud Erycum,
Tac. A. 4, 43:
ripam apud Euphratis,
id. ib. 6, 31:
Misenum apud et Ravennam,
id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—
b.
It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:
barbaras apud gentes,
Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:
non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,
id. ib. 14, 14.—
c.
Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:
apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > apud
59 С-362

В ПРОТИВНОМ СЛУЧАЕ PrepP Invar, sent adv fixed WO
if the opposite of what is needed, expected, demanded etc should happen

otherwise
elsewise or else if not failing which if such is not the case.
...Они (глуповцы) выстроились в каре перед присутственными местами и требовали к народному суду помощника градоначальника, грозя в противном случае разнести и его самого, и его дом (Салтыков-Щедрин 1)....They (the Glu-povites) formed themselves in a square outside the government offices and demanded that the deputy governor be handed over for trial, otherwise they would tear him and his house apart (1b), ( context transl)...They (the Foolovites) formed up in a square before the government offices and summoned the assistant town governor to a people's court, threatening to smash up both him and his house in the event of noncompliance (1a).

«Писать стихи надо каждый день, подобно тому как скрипач или пианист непременно должен каждый день без пропусков по нескольку часов играть на своём инструменте. В противном случае ваш талант неизбежно оскудеет, высохнет, подобно колодцу, откуда долгое время не берут воду» (Катаев 3). uOne must write poetry every day, just as a violinist or a pianist must play every day on his instrument for several hours without fail. If not, your talent will stagnate and run dry, like a well from which no water is drawn" (3a).

Если каким бы то ни было образом вы знаете и укажете нам, где он (государственный кредитный билет) теперь находится, то, уверяю вас честным словом, и беру всех в свидетели, что дело тем только и кончится. В противном же случае принужден буду обратиться к мерам весьма серьёзным, тогда... пеняйте уже на себя-с!» (Достоевский 3). "If by any manner of means you know and are able to tell us where it (the state credit bill) now is, then I give you my word of honour, and summon those present as witnesses, that I shall let the matter end there. If such is not the case, then I shall have no option but to resort to measures of a thoroughly serious nature, and then...you will have only yourself to blame!" (3d).

Разбойник объявлял о своём намерении немедленно идти на нашу крепость приглашал казаков и солдат в свою шайку, а командиров увещевал не сопротивляться, угрожая казнью в противном случае (Пушкин 2). ( context transl) The impostor declared his intention to march on our fort immediately, he invited the Cossacks and soldiers to join his band and admonished the commanders not to offer any resistance on pain of death (2a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-362
60 в противном случае

• В ПРОТИВНОМ СЛУЧАЕ

[PrepP; Invar, sent adv; fixed WO]

=====

⇒ if the opposite of what is needed, expected, demanded etc should happen:

- otherwise;

- elsewise;

- or else;

- if not;

- failing which;

- if such is not the case.

     ♦...Они [глуповцы] выстроились в каре перед присутственными местами и требовали к народному суду помощника градоначальника, грозя в противном случае разнести и его самого, и его дом (Салтыков-Щедрин 1)....They [the Glupovites] formed themselves in a square outside the government offices and demanded that the deputy governor be handed over for trial, otherwise they would tear him and his house apart (1b), [context transl]... They [the Foolovites] formed up in a square before the government offices and summoned the assistant town governor to a people's court, threatening to smash up both him and his house in the event of noncompliance (1a).

     ♦ "Писать стихи надо каждый день, подобно тому как скрипач или пианист непременно должен каждый день без пропусков по нескольку часов играть на своём инструменте. В противном случае ваш талант неизбежно оскудеет, высохнет, подобно колодцу, откуда долгое время не берут воду" (Катаев 3). "One must write poetry every day, just as a violinist or a pianist must play every day on his instrument for several hours without fail. If not, your talent will stagnate and run dry, like a well from which no water is drawn" (3a).

     ♦ "Если каким бы то ни было образом вы знаете и укажете нам, где он [государственный кредитный билет] теперь находится, то, уверяю вас честным словом, и беру всех в свидетели, что дело тем только и кончится. В противном же случае принужден буду обратиться к мерам весьма серьёзным, тогда... пеняйте уже на себя-с!"(Достоевский 3). "If by any manner of means you know and are able to tell us where it [the state credit bill] now is, then I give you my word of honour, and summon those present as witnesses, that I shall let the matter end there. If such is not the case, then I shall have no option but to resort to measures of a thoroughly serious nature, and then...you will have only yourself to blame!" (3d).

     ♦ Разбойник объявлял о своём намерении немедленно идти на нашу крепость; приглашал казаков и солдат в свою шайку, а командиров увещевал не сопротивляться, угрожая казнью в противном случае (Пушкин 2). [context transl] The impostor declared his intention to march on our fort immediately, he invited the Cossacks and soldiers to join his band and admonished the commanders not to offer any resistance on pain of death (2a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > в противном случае

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

law of the case — The principle that instructions given by the court to the jury during the trial of a case, become, for the time being, the law of the case, binding upon the jury, court and counsel. 53 Am J1lst Trial § 492. A rule kindred to the doctrine of res… … Ballentine's law dictionary
Law of the case — is a legal term of art that is applicable mainly in common law (Anglo American) jurisdictions that recognize the related doctrine of stare decisis. The term refers to the instance where rulings made by a trial court and not challenged on appeal… … Wikipedia
The Devil's Advocate (film) — The Devil s Advocate Theatrical release poster Directed by Taylor Hackford Produced by … Wikipedia
law of the case — Term law of the case, as generally used, designates the principle that if an appellate court has passed on a legal question and remanded the cause to the court below for further proceedings, the legal question thus determined by the appellate… … Black's law dictionary
law of the case — Term law of the case, as generally used, designates the principle that if an appellate court has passed on a legal question and remanded the cause to the court below for further proceedings, the legal question thus determined by the appellate… … Black's law dictionary
costs in the case — An order at the end of an interim application that the costs of the application will be paid by the side which loses the trial. Practical Law Dictionary. Glossary of UK, US and international legal terms. www.practicallaw.com. 2010 … Law dictionary
Trial of Saddam Hussein — Saddam Hussein sits before an Iraqi judge at a courthouse in Baghdad, 1 July 2004. The Trial of Saddam Hussein was the trial of the deposed President of Iraq Saddam Hussein by the Iraqi Interim Government for crimes against humanity during his… … Wikipedia
The Well of Loneliness — infobox Book | name = The Well of Loneliness title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of the first edition author = Radclyffe Hall cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English publisher = Jonathan Cape genre = Novel release… … Wikipedia
The Rainmaker (John Grisham) — infobox Book | name = The Rainmaker title orig = image caption = author = John Grisham cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Legal thriller novel publisher = Doubleday release date = 1995 media type = Print… … Wikipedia
trial — 1 noun 1 COURT (C, U) a legal process in which a court of law examines a case to decide whether someone is guilty of a crime: a murder trial | The defendant has a right to a fair trial. | stand trial/be on trial (for) (=be judged in a court of… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
The Notorious B.I.G. — The Notorious B.I.G. Background information … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the+case+is+on+trial

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the+case+is+on+trial

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: